Sema.h revision 03f1eb031b84e93415b792c4b45d8da71c88e92d
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 43#include <deque> 44#include <string> 45 46namespace llvm { 47 class APSInt; 48 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 49 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 50 class SmallBitVector; 51} 52 53namespace clang { 54 class ADLResult; 55 class ASTConsumer; 56 class ASTContext; 57 class ASTMutationListener; 58 class ASTReader; 59 class ASTWriter; 60 class ArrayType; 61 class AttributeList; 62 class BlockDecl; 63 class CXXBasePath; 64 class CXXBasePaths; 65 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 66 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 67 class CXXConstructorDecl; 68 class CXXConversionDecl; 69 class CXXDestructorDecl; 70 class CXXFieldCollector; 71 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 72 class CXXMethodDecl; 73 class CXXScopeSpec; 74 class CXXTemporary; 75 class CXXTryStmt; 76 class CallExpr; 77 class ClassTemplateDecl; 78 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 79 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 80 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 81 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 82 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 83 class CodeCompletionResult; 84 class Decl; 85 class DeclAccessPair; 86 class DeclContext; 87 class DeclRefExpr; 88 class DeclaratorDecl; 89 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 90 class DependentDiagnostic; 91 class DesignatedInitExpr; 92 class Designation; 93 class EnumConstantDecl; 94 class Expr; 95 class ExtVectorType; 96 class ExternalSemaSource; 97 class FormatAttr; 98 class FriendDecl; 99 class FunctionDecl; 100 class FunctionProtoType; 101 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 102 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 103 class InitListExpr; 104 class InitializationKind; 105 class InitializationSequence; 106 class InitializedEntity; 107 class IntegerLiteral; 108 class LabelStmt; 109 class LambdaExpr; 110 class LangOptions; 111 class LocalInstantiationScope; 112 class LookupResult; 113 class MacroInfo; 114 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 115 class NamedDecl; 116 class NonNullAttr; 117 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 118 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 119 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 120 class ObjCContainerDecl; 121 class ObjCImplDecl; 122 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 123 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 124 class ObjCIvarDecl; 125 template <class T> class ObjCList; 126 class ObjCMessageExpr; 127 class ObjCMethodDecl; 128 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 129 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 130 class OverloadCandidateSet; 131 class OverloadExpr; 132 class ParenListExpr; 133 class ParmVarDecl; 134 class Preprocessor; 135 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 136 class PseudoObjectExpr; 137 class QualType; 138 class StandardConversionSequence; 139 class Stmt; 140 class StringLiteral; 141 class SwitchStmt; 142 class TargetAttributesSema; 143 class TemplateArgument; 144 class TemplateArgumentList; 145 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 146 class TemplateDecl; 147 class TemplateParameterList; 148 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 149 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 150 class Token; 151 class TypeAliasDecl; 152 class TypedefDecl; 153 class TypedefNameDecl; 154 class TypeLoc; 155 class UnqualifiedId; 156 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 157 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 158 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 159 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 160 class UsingDecl; 161 class UsingShadowDecl; 162 class ValueDecl; 163 class VarDecl; 164 class VisibilityAttr; 165 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 166 class IndirectFieldDecl; 167 168namespace sema { 169 class AccessedEntity; 170 class BlockScopeInfo; 171 class CompoundScopeInfo; 172 class DelayedDiagnostic; 173 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 174 class FunctionScopeInfo; 175 class LambdaScopeInfo; 176 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 177 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 178} 179 180// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 181// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 182typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 183 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 184 185/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 186class Sema { 187 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 188 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 189 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 190public: 191 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 192 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 193 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 194 195 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 196 FPOptions FPFeatures; 197 198 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 199 Preprocessor &PP; 200 ASTContext &Context; 201 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 202 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 203 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 204 205 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 206 bool CollectStats; 207 208 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 209 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 210 211 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 212 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 213 214 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 215 DeclContext *CurContext; 216 217 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 218 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 219 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 220 221 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 222 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 223 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 224 225 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 226 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 227 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 228 229 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 230 231 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 232 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 233 234 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 235 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 236 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 237 238 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 239 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 240 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 241 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 242 243 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 244 245 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 246 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 247 /// 248 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 249 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 250 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 251 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 252 253 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 254 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 255 ExtVectorDeclsType; 256 257 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 258 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 259 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 260 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 261 262 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 263 /// definitions being hidden. 264 /// 265 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 266 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 267 268 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 269 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 270 271 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 272 273 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 274 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 275 276 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 277 278 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 279 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 280 /// same list more than once. 281 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 282 283 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 284 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 285 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 286 287 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 288 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 289 /// 290 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 291 /// scoped, e.g., 292 /// 293 /// \code 294 /// void f() { 295 /// void foo(int, int); 296 /// } 297 /// \endcode 298 /// 299 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 300 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 301 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 302 /// 303 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 304 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 305 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 306 /// compatibility. 307 /// 308 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 309 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 310 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 311 /// not visible. 312 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 313 314 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 315 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 316 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 317 318 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 319 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 320 TentativeDefinitionsType; 321 322 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 323 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 324 325 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 326 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 327 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 328 329 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 330 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 331 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 332 333 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 334 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 335 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 336 337 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 338 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 339 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 340 341 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 342 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 343 /// exception spec. 344 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 345 346 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 347 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 348 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 349 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 350 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 351 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 352 353 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 354 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 355 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 356 void *OpaqueParser; 357 358 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 359 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 360 OpaqueParser = P; 361 } 362 363 class DelayedDiagnostics; 364 365 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 366 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 367 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 368 }; 369 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 370 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 371 372 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 373 /// during parsing and other processing. 374 class DelayedDiagnostics { 375 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 376 /// diagnostics should go. 377 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 378 379 public: 380 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 381 382 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 383 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 384 385 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 386 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 387 388 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 389 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 390 return CurPool; 391 } 392 393 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 394 /// collected in this pool. 395 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 396 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 397 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 398 CurPool = &pool; 399 return state; 400 } 401 402 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 403 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 404 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 405 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 406 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 407 } 408 409 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 410 /// not delayed. 411 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 412 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 413 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 414 CurPool = 0; 415 return state; 416 } 417 418 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 419 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 420 assert(CurPool == NULL); 421 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 422 } 423 } DelayedDiagnostics; 424 425 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 426 class ContextRAII { 427 private: 428 Sema &S; 429 DeclContext *SavedContext; 430 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 431 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 432 433 public: 434 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 435 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 436 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 437 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 438 { 439 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 440 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 441 } 442 443 void pop() { 444 if (!SavedContext) return; 445 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 446 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 447 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 448 SavedContext = 0; 449 } 450 451 ~ContextRAII() { 452 pop(); 453 } 454 }; 455 456 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 457 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 458 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 459 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 460 461 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 462 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 463 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 464 /// in the currently selected standard. 465 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 466 467 468 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 469 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 470 471 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 472 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 473 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 474 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 475 /// It would be best to refactor this. 476 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 477 478 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 479 480 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 481 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 482 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 483 Scope *TUScope; 484 485 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 486 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 487 488 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 489 /// standard library. 490 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 491 492 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 493 /// \<initializer_list>. 494 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 495 496 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 497 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 498 499 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 500 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 501 502 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 503 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 504 505 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 506 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 507 508 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 509 QualType NSNumberPointer; 510 511 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 512 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 513 514 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 515 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 516 517 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 518 QualType NSStringPointer; 519 520 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 521 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 524 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 527 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 528 529 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 530 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 531 532 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 533 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 534 535 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 536 QualType QIDNSCopying; 537 538 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 539 /// have been declared. 540 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 541 542 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 543 /// call was found yet. 544 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 545 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 546 /// call was found yet. 547 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 548 549 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 550 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 551 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 552 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 553 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 554 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 555 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 556 /// run time. 557 Unevaluated, 558 559 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 560 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 561 /// cases in a switch statment). 562 ConstantEvaluated, 563 564 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 565 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 566 /// expression at run time. 567 PotentiallyEvaluated, 568 569 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 570 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 571 /// in fact the current expression is used. 572 /// 573 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 574 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 575 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 576 /// until the default argument is used. 577 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 578 }; 579 580 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 581 /// expression evaluation contexts. 582 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 583 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 584 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 585 586 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 587 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 588 589 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 590 bool IsDecltype; 591 592 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 593 /// this expression evaluation context. 594 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 595 596 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 597 598 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 599 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 600 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 601 602 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 603 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 604 /// default function argument. 605 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 606 607 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 608 /// within this context. 609 /// 610 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 611 /// do not have lambda expressions. 612 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 613 614 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 615 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 616 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 617 618 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 619 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 620 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 621 622 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 623 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 624 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 625 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 626 bool IsDecltype) 627 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 628 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 629 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 630 631 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 632 delete LambdaMangle; 633 } 634 635 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 636 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 637 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 638 if (!LambdaMangle) 639 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 640 return *LambdaMangle; 641 } 642 }; 643 644 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 645 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 646 647 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 648 /// function. 649 /// 650 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 651 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 652 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 653 public: 654 enum Kind { 655 NoMemberOrDeleted, 656 Ambiguous, 657 Success 658 }; 659 660 private: 661 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 662 663 public: 664 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 665 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 666 {} 667 668 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 669 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 670 671 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 672 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 673 }; 674 675 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 676 /// for C++ records. 677 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 678 679 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 680 /// 681 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 682 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 683 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 684 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 685 /// checks. 686 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 687 688 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 689 690 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 691 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 692 693 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 694 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 695 696 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 697 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 698 /// 699 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 700 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 701 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 702 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 703 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 704 705 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 706 // argument locations. 707 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 708 709 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 710 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 711 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 712 713 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 714 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 715 716 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 717 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 718 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 719 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 720 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 721 722 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 723 /// of -Wselector. 724 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 725 726 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 727 728 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 729 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 730 731 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 732 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 733 /// should not be used elsewhere. 734 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 735 736public: 737 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 738 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 739 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 740 ~Sema(); 741 742 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 743 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 744 void Initialize(); 745 746 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 747 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 748 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 749 750 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 751 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 752 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 753 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 754 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 755 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 756 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 757 758 void PrintStats() const; 759 760 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 761 /// template instantiation stacks. 762 /// 763 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 764 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 765 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 766 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 767 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 768 /// well. 769 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 770 Sema &SemaRef; 771 unsigned DiagID; 772 773 public: 774 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 775 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 776 777 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 778 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 779 if (!isActive()) return; 780 781 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 782 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 783 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 784 // 785 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 786 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 787 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 788 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 789 // eliminate that code. 790 FlushCounts(); 791 Clear(); 792 793 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 794 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 795 } 796 }; 797 798 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 799 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 800 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 801 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 802 } 803 804 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 805 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 806 807 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 808 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 809 810 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 811 812 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 813 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 814 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 815 816 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 817 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 818 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 819 820 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 821 822 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 823 824 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 825 826 void PushFunctionScope(); 827 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 828 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 829 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 830 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 831 832 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 833 return FunctionScopes.back(); 834 } 835 836 void PushCompoundScope(); 837 void PopCompoundScope(); 838 839 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 840 841 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 842 843 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 844 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 845 846 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 847 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 848 849 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 850 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 851 852 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 853 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 854 // 855 856 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 857 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 858 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 859 } 860 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 861 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 862 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 863 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 864 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 865 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 866 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 867 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 868 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 869 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 870 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 871 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 872 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 873 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 874 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 875 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 876 SourceLocation Loc, 877 DeclarationName Entity); 878 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 879 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 880 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 881 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 882 883 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 884 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 885 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 886 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 887 888 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 889 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 890 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 891 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 892 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 893 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 894 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 895 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 896 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 897 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 898 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 899 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 900 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 901 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 902 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 903 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 904 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 905 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 906 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 907 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 908 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 909 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 910 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 911 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 912 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 913 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 914 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 915 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 916 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 917 918 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 919 920 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 921 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 922 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 923 924 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 925 struct TypeDiagnoser { 926 bool Suppressed; 927 928 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 929 930 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 931 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 932 }; 933 934 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 935 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 936 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 937 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 938 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 939 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 940 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 941 return II; 942 } 943 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 944 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 945 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 946 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 947 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 948 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 949 950 template<typename T1> 951 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 952 unsigned DiagID; 953 const T1 &Arg1; 954 955 public: 956 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 957 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 958 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 959 if (Suppressed) return; 960 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 961 } 962 963 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 964 }; 965 966 template<typename T1, typename T2> 967 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 968 unsigned DiagID; 969 const T1 &Arg1; 970 const T2 &Arg2; 971 972 public: 973 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 974 const T2 &Arg2) 975 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 976 Arg2(Arg2) { } 977 978 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 979 if (Suppressed) return; 980 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 981 } 982 983 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 984 }; 985 986 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 987 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 988 unsigned DiagID; 989 const T1 &Arg1; 990 const T2 &Arg2; 991 const T3 &Arg3; 992 993 public: 994 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 995 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 996 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 997 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 998 999 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1000 if (Suppressed) return; 1001 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1002 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1003 } 1004 1005 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1006 }; 1007 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1010 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1011 unsigned DiagID); 1012 1013 template<typename T1> 1014 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1015 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1016 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1017 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1018 } 1019 1020 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1021 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1022 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1023 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1024 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1025 } 1026 1027 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1028 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1029 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1030 const T3 &Arg3) { 1031 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1032 Arg3); 1033 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1034 } 1035 1036 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1037 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1038 1039 template<typename T1> 1040 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1041 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1042 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1043 } 1044 1045 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1046 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1047 const T2 &Arg2) { 1048 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1049 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1050 } 1051 1052 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1053 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1054 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1055 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1056 Arg3); 1057 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1058 } 1059 1060 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1061 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1062 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1063 1064 template<typename T1> 1065 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1066 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1067 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1068 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1069 } 1070 1071 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1072 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1073 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1074 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1075 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1076 } 1077 1078 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1079 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1080 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1081 const T3 &Arg3) { 1082 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1083 Arg3); 1084 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1085 } 1086 1087 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1088 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1089 1090 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1091 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1092 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1093 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1094 SourceLocation Loc); 1095 1096 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1097 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1098 // 1099 1100 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1101 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1102 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1103 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1104 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1105 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1106 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1107 /// such as: 1108 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1109 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1110 1111 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1112 1113 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1114 1115 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1116 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1117 bool isClassName = false, 1118 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1119 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1120 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1121 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1122 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1123 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1124 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1125 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 1126 SourceLocation IILoc, 1127 Scope *S, 1128 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1129 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1130 1131 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1132 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1133 enum NameClassificationKind { 1134 NC_Unknown, 1135 NC_Error, 1136 NC_Keyword, 1137 NC_Type, 1138 NC_Expression, 1139 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1140 NC_TypeTemplate, 1141 NC_FunctionTemplate 1142 }; 1143 1144 class NameClassification { 1145 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1146 ExprResult Expr; 1147 TemplateName Template; 1148 ParsedType Type; 1149 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1150 1151 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1152 1153 public: 1154 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1155 1156 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1157 1158 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1159 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1160 1161 static NameClassification Error() { 1162 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1163 } 1164 1165 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1166 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1167 } 1168 1169 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1170 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1180 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1181 Result.Template = Name; 1182 return Result; 1183 } 1184 1185 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1186 1187 ParsedType getType() const { 1188 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1189 return Type; 1190 } 1191 1192 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1193 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1194 return Expr; 1195 } 1196 1197 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1198 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1199 return Template; 1200 } 1201 1202 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1203 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1204 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1205 } 1206}; 1207 1208 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1209 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1210 /// 1211 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1212 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1213 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1214 /// 1215 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1216 /// 1217 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1218 /// 1219 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1220 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1221 /// 1222 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1223 /// 1224 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1225 /// disambiguate the name. 1226 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1227 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1228 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1229 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1230 const Token &NextToken); 1231 1232 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1233 1234 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1235 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1236 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1237 const LookupResult &Previous, 1238 Scope *S); 1239 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1240 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1241 DeclarationName Name, 1242 SourceLocation Loc); 1243 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1244 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1245 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1246 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1247 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1248 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1249 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1250 LookupResult &Previous); 1251 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1252 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1253 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1254 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1255 LookupResult &Previous, 1256 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1257 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1258 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1259 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1260 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1261 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1262 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1263 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1264 LookupResult &Previous, 1265 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1266 bool &AddToScope); 1267 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1268 1269 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1270 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1271 1272 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1273 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1274 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1275 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1276 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1277 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1278 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1279 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1280 SourceLocation Loc, 1281 QualType T); 1282 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1283 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1284 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1285 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1286 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1287 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1288 Expr *defarg); 1289 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1290 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1291 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1292 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1293 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1294 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1295 1296 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1297 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1298 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1299 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1300 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1301 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1302 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1303 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1304 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1305 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1306 Decl **Group, 1307 unsigned NumDecls); 1308 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1309 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1310 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1311 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1312 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1313 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1314 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1315 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1316 1317 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1318 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1319 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1320 1321 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1322 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1323 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1324 1325 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1326 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1327 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1328 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1329 1330 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1331 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1332 /// specified threshold. 1333 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1334 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1335 QualType ReturnTy, 1336 NamedDecl *D); 1337 1338 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1339 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1340 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1341 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1342 1343 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1344 /// 1345 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1346 /// 1347 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1348 /// 1349 /// \param Path The module access path. 1350 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1351 ModuleIdPath Path); 1352 1353 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1354 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1355 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1356 } 1357 1358 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1359 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1360 const Preprocessor &PP); 1361 1362 /// Scope actions. 1363 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1364 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1365 1366 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1367 DeclSpec &DS); 1368 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1369 DeclSpec &DS, 1370 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1371 1372 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1373 AccessSpecifier AS, 1374 RecordDecl *Record); 1375 1376 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1377 RecordDecl *Record); 1378 1379 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1380 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1381 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1382 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1383 1384 enum TagUseKind { 1385 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1386 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1387 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1388 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1389 }; 1390 1391 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1392 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1393 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1394 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1395 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1396 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1397 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1398 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1399 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1400 1401 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1402 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1403 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1404 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1405 AttributeList *Attr, 1406 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1407 1408 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1409 unsigned TagSpec, 1410 TagUseKind TUK, 1411 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1412 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1413 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1414 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1415 1416 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1417 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1418 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1419 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1420 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1421 1422 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1423 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1424 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1425 AccessSpecifier AS); 1426 1427 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1428 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1429 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1430 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1431 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1432 SourceLocation TSSL, 1433 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1434 Declarator *D = 0); 1435 1436 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1437 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1438 CXXCopyConstructor, 1439 CXXMoveConstructor, 1440 CXXCopyAssignment, 1441 CXXMoveAssignment, 1442 CXXDestructor, 1443 CXXInvalid 1444 }; 1445 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1446 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1447 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1448 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1449 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1450 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1451 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1452 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1453 1454 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1455 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1456 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1457 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1458 AttributeList *AttrList); 1459 1460 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1461 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1462 /// struct, or union). 1463 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1464 1465 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1466 1467 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1468 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1469 /// member declarations. 1470 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1471 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1472 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1473 1474 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1475 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1476 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1477 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1478 1479 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1480 1481 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1482 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1483 /// 1484 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1485 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1486 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1487 1488 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1489 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1490 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1491 1492 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1493 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1494 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1495 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1496 Expr *val); 1497 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1498 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1499 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1500 1501 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1502 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1503 AttributeList *Attrs, 1504 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1505 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1506 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1507 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1508 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1509 1510 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1511 1512 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1513 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1514 void PopDeclContext(); 1515 1516 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1517 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1518 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1519 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1520 1521 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1522 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1523 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1524 1525 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1526 1527 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1528 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1529 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1530 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1531 1532 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1533 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1534 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1535 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1536 1537 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1538 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1539 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1540 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1541 1542 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1543 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1544 1545 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1546 /// top level scope. 1547 /// 1548 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1549 /// 1550 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1551 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1552 1553 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1554 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1555 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1556 /// 1557 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1558 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1559 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1560 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1561 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1562 1563 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1564 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1565 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1566 1567 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1568 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1569 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1570 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1571 1572 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1573 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1574 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1575 VersionTuple Introduced, 1576 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1577 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1578 bool IsUnavailable, 1579 StringRef Message); 1580 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1581 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1582 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1583 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1584 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1585 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1586 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1587 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1588 1589 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1590 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1591 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1592 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1593 Scope *S); 1594 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1595 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1596 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1597 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1598 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1599 1600 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1601 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1602 enum AssignmentAction { 1603 AA_Assigning, 1604 AA_Passing, 1605 AA_Returning, 1606 AA_Converting, 1607 AA_Initializing, 1608 AA_Sending, 1609 AA_Casting 1610 }; 1611 1612 /// C++ Overloading. 1613 enum OverloadKind { 1614 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1615 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1616 Ovl_Overload, 1617 1618 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1619 /// an existing declaration. 1620 Ovl_Match, 1621 1622 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1623 /// non-function. 1624 Ovl_NonFunction 1625 }; 1626 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1627 FunctionDecl *New, 1628 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1629 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1630 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1631 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1632 1633 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1634 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1635 /// 1636 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1637 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1638 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1639 1640 ImplicitConversionSequence 1641 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1642 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1643 bool AllowExplicit, 1644 bool InOverloadResolution, 1645 bool CStyle, 1646 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1647 1648 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1649 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1650 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1651 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1652 bool InOverloadResolution, 1653 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1654 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1655 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1656 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1657 QualType &ConvertedType); 1658 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1659 QualType& ConvertedType); 1660 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1661 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1662 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1663 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1664 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1665 1666 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1667 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1668 CastKind &Kind, 1669 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1670 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1671 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1672 bool InOverloadResolution, 1673 QualType &ConvertedType); 1674 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1675 CastKind &Kind, 1676 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1677 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1678 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1679 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1680 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1681 QualType &ResultTy); 1682 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1683 1684 1685 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1686 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1687 QualType ResultType, 1688 Expr *Value, 1689 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1690 1691 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1692 ExprResult Init); 1693 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1694 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1695 ExprResult Init, 1696 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1697 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1698 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1699 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1700 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1701 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1702 1703 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1704 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1705 1706 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1707 enum CCEKind { 1708 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1709 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1710 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1711 }; 1712 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1713 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1714 1715 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1716 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1717 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1718 public: 1719 bool Suppress; 1720 bool SuppressConversion; 1721 1722 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1723 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1724 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1725 1726 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1727 /// integral or enumeration type. 1728 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1729 QualType T) = 0; 1730 1731 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1732 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1733 QualType T) = 0; 1734 1735 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1736 /// is explicit. 1737 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1738 QualType T, 1739 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1740 1741 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1742 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1743 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1744 1745 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1746 /// functions. 1747 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1748 QualType T) = 0; 1749 1750 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1751 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1752 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1753 1754 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1755 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1756 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1757 QualType T, 1758 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1759 1760 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1761 }; 1762 1763 ExprResult 1764 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1765 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1766 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1767 1768 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1769 OS_Array, 1770 OS_Dictionary, 1771 OS_Error 1772 }; 1773 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1774 1775 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1776 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1777 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1778 NamedDecl *Member); 1779 1780 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1781 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1782 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1783 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1784 1785 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1786 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1787 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1788 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1789 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1790 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1791 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1792 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1793 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1794 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1795 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1796 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1797 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1798 QualType ObjectType, 1799 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1800 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1801 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1802 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1803 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1804 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1805 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1806 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1807 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1808 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1809 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1810 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1811 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1812 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1813 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1814 QualType ObjectType, 1815 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1816 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1817 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1818 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1819 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1820 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1821 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1822 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1823 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1824 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1825 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1826 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1827 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1828 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1829 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1830 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1831 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1832 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1833 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1834 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1835 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1836 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1837 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1838 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1839 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1840 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1841 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1842 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1843 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1844 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1845 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1846 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1847 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1848 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1849 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1850 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1851 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1852 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1853 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1854 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1855 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1856 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1857 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1858 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1859 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1860 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1861 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1862 1863 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1864 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1865 1866 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1867 // identified by the expression Expr 1868 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1869 1870 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1871 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1872 // R (A) --> R(A) 1873 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1874 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1875 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1876 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1877 1878 FunctionDecl * 1879 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1880 QualType TargetType, 1881 bool Complain, 1882 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1883 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1884 1885 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1886 bool Complain = false, 1887 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1888 1889 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1890 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1891 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1892 bool Complain = false, 1893 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1894 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1895 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1896 1897 1898 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1899 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1900 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1901 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1902 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1903 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1904 1905 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1906 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1907 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1908 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1909 1910 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1911 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1912 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1913 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1914 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1915 Expr *ExecConfig, 1916 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1917 1918 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1919 unsigned Opc, 1920 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1921 Expr *input); 1922 1923 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1924 unsigned Opc, 1925 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1926 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1927 1928 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1929 SourceLocation RLoc, 1930 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1931 1932 ExprResult 1933 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1934 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1935 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1936 ExprResult 1937 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1938 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1939 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1940 1941 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1942 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1943 1944 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1945 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1946 /// that best represents the call. 1947 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1948 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1949 1950 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1951 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1952 bool CheckParameterNames); 1953 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1954 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1955 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1956 1957 /// \name Name lookup 1958 /// 1959 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1960 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1961 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1962 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1963 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1964 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1965 /// 1966 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1967 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1968 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1969 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1970 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1971 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1972 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1973 /// 1974 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1975 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1976 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1977 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1978 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1979 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1980 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1981 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1982 //@{ 1983 1984 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1985 enum LookupNameKind { 1986 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1987 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1988 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1989 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 1990 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 1991 /// structs, and unions. 1992 LookupTagName, 1993 /// Label name lookup. 1994 LookupLabel, 1995 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 1996 /// class/struct/union members. 1997 LookupMemberName, 1998 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 1999 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2000 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2001 LookupOperatorName, 2002 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2003 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2004 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2005 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2006 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2007 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2008 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2009 LookupNamespaceName, 2010 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2011 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2012 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2013 LookupUsingDeclName, 2014 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2015 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2016 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2017 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2018 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2019 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2020 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2021 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2022 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2023 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2024 LookupAnyName 2025 }; 2026 2027 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2028 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2029 enum RedeclarationKind { 2030 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2031 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2032 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2033 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2034 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2035 ForRedeclaration 2036 }; 2037 2038 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2039 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2040 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2041 LOLR_Error, 2042 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2043 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2044 LOLR_Cooked, 2045 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2046 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2047 LOLR_Raw, 2048 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2049 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2050 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2051 LOLR_Template 2052 }; 2053 2054 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2055 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2056 bool ConstArg, 2057 bool VolatileArg, 2058 bool RValueThis, 2059 bool ConstThis, 2060 bool VolatileThis); 2061 2062private: 2063 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2064 2065 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2066 // 2067 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2068 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2069 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2070 2071 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2072 /// source. 2073 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2074 2075public: 2076 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2077 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2078 /// 2079 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2080 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2081 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2082 SourceLocation Loc, 2083 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2084 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2085 = NotForRedeclaration); 2086 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2087 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2088 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2089 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2090 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2091 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2092 bool EnteringContext = false); 2093 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2094 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2095 = NotForRedeclaration); 2096 2097 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2098 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2099 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2100 2101 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2102 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2103 2104 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2105 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2106 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2107 unsigned Quals); 2108 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2109 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2110 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2111 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2112 unsigned ThisQuals); 2113 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2114 2115 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2116 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2117 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2118 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2119 2120 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2121 SourceLocation Loc, 2122 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2123 ADLResult &Functions, 2124 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2125 2126 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2127 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2128 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2129 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2130 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2131 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2132 2133 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2134 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2135 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2136 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2137 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2138 bool EnteringContext = false, 2139 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2140 2141 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2142 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2143 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2144 2145 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2146 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2147 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2148 2149 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2150 //@} 2151 2152 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2153 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2154 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2155 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2156 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2157 SourceLocation Loc); 2158 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2159 Scope *S); 2160 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2161 2162 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2163 2164 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2165 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2166 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2167 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2168 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2169 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2170 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2171 2172 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2173 2174 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2175 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2176 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2177 2178 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2179 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2180 SourceRange Range); 2181 2182 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2183 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2184 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2185 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2186 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2187 2188 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2189 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2190 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2191 2192 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2193 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2194 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2195 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2196 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2197 2198 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2199 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2200 2201 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2202 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2203 2204 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2205 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2206 /// \param IDecl - Used for checking for methods which may have been 2207 /// inherited. 2208 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2209 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2210 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2211 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2212 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2213 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2214 2215 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2216 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2217 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2218 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2219 SourceLocation Loc); 2220 2221 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2222 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2223 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2224 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2225 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2226 2227 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2228 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2229 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2230 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2231 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2232 2233 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2234 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2235 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2236 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2237 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2238 2239 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2240 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2241 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2242 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2243 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2244 2245 2246 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2247 /// its protocols. 2248 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2249 IdentifierInfo *II); 2250 2251 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2252 /// class extensions. 2253 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2254 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2255 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2256 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2257 Selector GetterSel, 2258 Selector SetterSel, 2259 const bool isAssign, 2260 const bool isReadWrite, 2261 const unsigned Attributes, 2262 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2263 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2264 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2265 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2266 2267 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2268 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2269 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2270 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2271 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2272 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2273 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2274 Selector GetterSel, 2275 Selector SetterSel, 2276 const bool isAssign, 2277 const bool isReadWrite, 2278 const unsigned Attributes, 2279 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2280 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2281 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2282 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2283 2284 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2285 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2286 /// setter or getter. 2287 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2288 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2289 2290 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2291 2292 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2293 2294 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2295 MMS_loose, 2296 MMS_strict 2297 }; 2298 2299 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2300 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2301 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2302 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2303 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2304 2305 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2306 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2307 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2308 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2309 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2310 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2311 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2312 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2313 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2314 bool ImmediateClass, 2315 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2316 2317 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2318 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2319 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2320 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2321 2322 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2323 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2324 2325private: 2326 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2327 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2328 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2329 2330 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2331 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2332 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2333 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2334 bool warn, bool instance); 2335 2336public: 2337 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2338 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2339 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2340 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2341 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2342 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2343 } 2344 2345 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2346 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2347 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2348 } 2349 2350 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2351 /// pool. 2352 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2353 2354 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2355 /// there are multiple signatures. 2356 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2357 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2358 bool warn=true) { 2359 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2360 warn, /*instance*/true); 2361 } 2362 2363 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2364 /// there are multiple signatures. 2365 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2366 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2367 bool warn=true) { 2368 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2369 warn, /*instance*/false); 2370 } 2371 2372 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2373 /// implementation. 2374 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2375 2376 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2377 /// initialization. 2378 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2379 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2380 2381 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2382 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2383public: 2384 class FullExprArg { 2385 public: 2386 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2387 2388 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2389 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2390 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2391 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2392 2393 ExprResult release() { 2394 return move(E); 2395 } 2396 2397 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2398 2399 Expr *operator->() { 2400 return E; 2401 } 2402 2403 private: 2404 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2405 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2406 friend class Sema; 2407 2408 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2409 2410 Expr *E; 2411 }; 2412 2413 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2414 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2415 } 2416 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2417 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2418 } 2419 2420 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2421 2422 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2423 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2424 2425 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2426 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2427 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2428 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2429 bool isStmtExpr); 2430 2431 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2432 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2433 public: 2434 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2435 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2436 } 2437 2438 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2439 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2440 } 2441 2442 private: 2443 Sema &S; 2444 }; 2445 2446 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2447 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2448 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2449 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2450 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2451 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2452 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2453 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2454 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2455 2456 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2457 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2458 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2459 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2460 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2461 2462 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs, 2463 Stmt *SubStmt); 2464 2465 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2466 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2467 Stmt *ThenVal, 2468 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2469 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2470 Expr *Cond, 2471 Decl *CondVar); 2472 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2473 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2474 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2475 FullExprArg Cond, 2476 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2477 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2478 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2479 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2480 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2481 2482 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2483 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2484 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2485 Decl *SecondVar, 2486 FullExprArg Third, 2487 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2488 Stmt *Body); 2489 ExprResult ActOnObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2490 Expr *collection); 2491 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2492 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2493 Stmt *First, Expr *Second, 2494 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Stmt *Body); 2495 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2496 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2497 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2498 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2499 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2500 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2501 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2502 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2503 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2504 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2505 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2506 2507 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2508 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2509 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2510 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2511 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2512 Expr *DestExp); 2513 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2514 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2515 2516 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2517 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2518 2519 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2520 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2521 2522 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2523 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2524 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2525 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2526 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2527 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2528 Expr *AsmString, 2529 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2530 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2531 bool MSAsm = false); 2532 2533 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2534 std::string &AsmString, 2535 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2536 2537 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2538 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2539 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2540 bool Invalid = false); 2541 2542 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2543 2544 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2545 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2546 2547 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2548 2549 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2550 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2551 2552 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2553 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2554 Scope *CurScope); 2555 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2556 Expr *operand); 2557 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2558 Expr *SynchExpr, 2559 Stmt *SynchBody); 2560 2561 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2562 2563 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2564 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2565 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2566 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2567 2568 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2569 2570 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2571 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2572 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2573 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2574 2575 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2576 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2577 Stmt *TryBlock, 2578 Stmt *Handler); 2579 2580 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2581 Expr *FilterExpr, 2582 Stmt *Block); 2583 2584 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2585 Stmt *Block); 2586 2587 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2588 2589 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2590 2591 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2592 /// of it. 2593 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2594 2595 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2596 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2597 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2598 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2599 2600 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2601 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2602 /// 2603 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2604 /// if (condition); 2605 /// do_stuff(); 2606 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2607 const Stmt *Body, 2608 unsigned DiagID); 2609 2610 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2611 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2612 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2613 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2614 2615 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2616 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2617 } 2618 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2619 2620 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2621 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2622 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2623 } 2624 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2625 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2626 } 2627 2628 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2629 2630 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2631 SourceLocation Loc, 2632 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2633 2634 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2635 2636 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2637 StringRef message); 2638 2639 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2640 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2641 2642 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2643 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2644 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2645 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2646 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2647 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2648 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2649 SourceLocation Loc); 2650 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2651 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2652 2653 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2654 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2655 bool IsDecltype = false); 2656 2657 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2658 2659 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2660 2661 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2662 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2663 2664 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2665 2666 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2667 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2668 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2669 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2670 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2671 // named expressions. 2672 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2673 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2674 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2675 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2676 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2677 2678 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2679 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2680 2681 enum TryCaptureKind { 2682 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2683 }; 2684 2685 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2686 /// 2687 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2688 /// 2689 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2690 /// 2691 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2692 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2693 /// 2694 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2695 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2696 /// 2697 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2698 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2699 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2700 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2701 /// 2702 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2703 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2704 /// variable can be captured. 2705 /// 2706 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2707 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2708 /// captured. 2709 /// 2710 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2711 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2712 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2713 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2714 QualType &CaptureType, 2715 QualType &DeclRefType); 2716 2717 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2718 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2719 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2720 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2721 2722 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2723 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2724 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2725 2726 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2727 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2728 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2729 2730 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2731 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2732 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2733 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2734 bool ForceComplain = false, 2735 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2736 2737 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2738 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2739 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2740 2741 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2742 /// evaluation context. 2743 /// 2744 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2745 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2746 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2747 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2748 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2749 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2750 2751 // Primary Expressions. 2752 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2753 2754 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2755 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2756 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2757 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2758 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2759 2760 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2761 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2762 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2763 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2764 2765 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2766 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2767 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2768 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2769 2770 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2771 IdentifierInfo *II, 2772 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2773 2774 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2775 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2776 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2777 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2778 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2779 2780 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2781 ExprValueKind VK, 2782 SourceLocation Loc, 2783 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2784 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2785 ExprValueKind VK, 2786 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2787 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2788 ExprResult 2789 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2790 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2791 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2792 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2793 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2794 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2795 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2796 LookupResult &R, 2797 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2798 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2799 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2800 LookupResult &R, 2801 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2802 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2803 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2804 const LookupResult &R, 2805 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2806 2807 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2808 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2809 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2810 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2811 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2812 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2813 2814 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2815 LookupResult &R, 2816 bool NeedsADL); 2817 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2818 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2819 NamedDecl *D); 2820 2821 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2822 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2823 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2824 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2825 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2826 2827 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2828 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2829 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2830 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2831 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2832 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2833 SourceLocation R, 2834 MultiExprArg Val); 2835 2836 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2837 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2838 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2839 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2840 2841 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2842 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2843 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2844 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2845 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2846 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2847 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2848 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2849 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2850 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2851 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2852 Expr **Exprs, 2853 unsigned NumAssocs); 2854 2855 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2856 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2857 Expr *InputExpr); 2858 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2859 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2860 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2861 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2862 2863 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2864 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2865 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2866 SourceRange R); 2867 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2868 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2869 ExprResult 2870 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2871 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2872 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2873 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2874 2875 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2876 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2877 2878 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2879 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2880 SourceRange ExprRange, 2881 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2882 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2883 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2884 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2885 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2886 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2887 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2888 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2889 2890 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2891 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2892 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2893 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2894 2895 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2896 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2897 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2898 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2899 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2900 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2901 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2902 2903 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2904 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2905 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2906 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2907 // defines a custom operator->). 2908 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2909 Scope *S; 2910 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2911 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2912 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2913 }; 2914 2915 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2916 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2917 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2918 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2919 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2920 LookupResult &R, 2921 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2922 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2923 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2924 2925 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2926 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2927 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2928 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2929 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2930 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2931 2932 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2933 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2934 const LookupResult &R); 2935 2936 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2937 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2938 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2939 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2940 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2941 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2942 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2943 2944 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2945 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2946 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2947 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2948 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2949 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2950 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2951 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2952 2953 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2954 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2955 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2956 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2957 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2958 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2959 bool ExecConfig = false); 2960 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2961 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2962 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2963 2964 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2965 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2966 /// locations. 2967 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2968 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2969 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2970 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2971 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2972 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2973 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2974 Expr *Config = 0, 2975 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2976 2977 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2978 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2979 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2980 2981 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2982 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2983 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2984 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2985 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2986 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2987 Expr *Op); 2988 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 2989 2990 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 2991 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2992 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 2993 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 2994 2995 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 2996 2997 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2998 ParsedType Ty, 2999 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3000 Expr *InitExpr); 3001 3002 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3003 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3004 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3005 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3006 3007 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3008 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3009 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3010 3011 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3012 SourceLocation Loc, 3013 bool GNUSyntax, 3014 ExprResult Init); 3015 3016 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3017 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3018 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3019 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3020 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3021 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3022 3023 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3024 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3025 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3026 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3027 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3028 3029 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3030 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3031 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3032 3033 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3034 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3035 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3036 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3037 3038 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3039 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3040 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3041 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3042 union { 3043 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3044 Expr *E; 3045 } U; 3046 }; 3047 3048 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3049 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3050 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3051 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3052 unsigned NumComponents, 3053 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3054 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3055 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3056 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3057 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3058 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3059 unsigned NumComponents, 3060 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3061 3062 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3063 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3064 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3065 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3066 3067 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3068 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3069 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3070 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3071 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3072 3073 // __null 3074 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3075 3076 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3077 3078 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3079 enum IfExistsResult { 3080 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3081 IER_Exists, 3082 3083 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3084 IER_DoesNotExist, 3085 3086 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3087 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3088 IER_Dependent, 3089 3090 /// \brief An error occurred. 3091 IER_Error 3092 }; 3093 3094 IfExistsResult 3095 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3096 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3097 3098 IfExistsResult 3099 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3100 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3101 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3102 3103 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3104 bool IsIfExists, 3105 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3106 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3107 Stmt *Nested); 3108 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3109 bool IsIfExists, 3110 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3111 Stmt *Nested); 3112 3113 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3114 3115 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3116 /// started. 3117 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3118 3119 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3120 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3121 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3122 Scope *CurScope); 3123 3124 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3125 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3126 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3127 3128 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3129 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3130 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3131 Scope *CurScope); 3132 3133 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3134 3135 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3136 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3137 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3138 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3139 3140 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3141 3142 // Act on C++ namespaces 3143 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3144 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3145 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3146 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3147 SourceLocation LBrace, 3148 AttributeList *AttrList); 3149 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3150 3151 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3152 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3153 3154 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3155 3156 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3157 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3158 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3159 3160 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3161 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3162 /// 3163 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3164 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3165 3166 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3167 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3168 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3169 3170 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3171 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3172 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3173 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3174 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3175 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3176 AttributeList *AttrList); 3177 3178 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3179 3180 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3181 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3182 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3183 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3184 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3185 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3186 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3187 3188 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3189 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3190 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3191 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3192 NamedDecl *Target); 3193 3194 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3195 bool isTypeName, 3196 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3197 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3198 const LookupResult &Previous); 3199 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3200 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3201 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3202 3203 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3204 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3205 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3206 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3207 AttributeList *AttrList, 3208 bool IsInstantiation, 3209 bool IsTypeName, 3210 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3211 3212 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3213 3214 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3215 AccessSpecifier AS, 3216 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3217 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3218 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3219 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3220 AttributeList *AttrList, 3221 bool IsTypeName, 3222 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3223 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3224 AccessSpecifier AS, 3225 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3226 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3227 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3228 TypeResult Type); 3229 3230 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3231 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3232 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3233 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3234 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3235 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3236 3237 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3238 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3239 /// 3240 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3241 ExprResult 3242 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3243 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3244 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3245 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3246 3247 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3248 // the constructor can be elidable? 3249 ExprResult 3250 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3251 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3252 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3253 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3254 SourceRange ParenRange); 3255 3256 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3257 /// the default expr if needed. 3258 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3259 FunctionDecl *FD, 3260 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3261 3262 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3263 /// constructed variable. 3264 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3265 3266 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3267 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3268 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3269 // Pointer to allow copying 3270 Sema *Self; 3271 // We order exception specifications thus: 3272 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3273 // throw() comes next. 3274 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3275 // Finally no specification. 3276 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3277 // 3278 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3279 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3280 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3281 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3282 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3283 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3284 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3285 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3286 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3287 3288 void ClearExceptions() { 3289 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3290 Exceptions.clear(); 3291 } 3292 3293 public: 3294 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3295 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3296 if (!Self.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3297 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3298 } 3299 3300 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3301 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3302 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3303 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3304 return ComputedEST; 3305 } 3306 3307 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3308 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3309 3310 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3311 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3312 3313 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3314 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3315 3316 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3317 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3318 3319 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3320 void SetDelayed() { 3321 ClearExceptions(); 3322 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3323 } 3324 3325 /// \brief Have we been unable to compute this exception specification? 3326 bool isDelayed() { 3327 return ComputedEST == EST_Delayed; 3328 } 3329 3330 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3331 /// computed exception specification. 3332 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3333 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3334 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3335 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3336 } 3337 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3338 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3339 getEPI(EPI); 3340 return EPI; 3341 } 3342 }; 3343 3344 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3345 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3346 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3347 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3348 3349 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3350 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3351 /// will be const. 3352 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3353 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3354 3355 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3356 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3357 /// parameter will be const. 3358 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3359 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3360 3361 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3362 /// constructor of a class will have. 3363 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3364 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3365 3366 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3367 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3368 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3369 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3370 3371 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3372 /// destructor of a class will have. 3373 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3374 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3375 3376 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3377 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3378 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3379 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3380 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3381 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3382 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3383 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3384 3385 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3386 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3387 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3388 bool Diagnose = false); 3389 3390 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3391 /// 3392 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3393 /// default constructor will be added. 3394 /// 3395 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3396 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3397 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3398 3399 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3400 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3401 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3402 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3403 3404 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3405 /// 3406 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3407 /// destructor will be added. 3408 /// 3409 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3410 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3411 3412 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3413 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3414 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3415 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3416 3417 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3418 /// 3419 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3420 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3421 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3422 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3423 bool WasDelayed = false); 3424 3425 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3426 /// 3427 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3428 /// constructors will be added. 3429 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3430 3431 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3432 /// 3433 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3434 /// copy constructor will be added. 3435 /// 3436 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3437 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3438 3439 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3440 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3441 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3442 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3443 3444 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3445 /// 3446 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3447 /// move constructor will be added. 3448 /// 3449 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3450 /// declared. 3451 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3452 3453 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3454 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3455 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3456 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3457 3458 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3459 /// 3460 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3461 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3462 /// 3463 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3464 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3465 3466 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3467 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3468 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3469 3470 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3471 /// 3472 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3473 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3474 /// 3475 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3476 /// wasn't declared. 3477 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3478 3479 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3480 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3481 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3482 3483 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3484 /// class. 3485 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3486 3487 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3488 /// special member function. 3489 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3490 3491 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3492 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3493 /// 3494 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3495 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3496 3497 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3498 /// member function. 3499 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3500 3501 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3502 /// static member function. 3503 /// 3504 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3505 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3506 3507 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3508 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3509 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3510 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3511 3512 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3513 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3514 SourceLocation Loc, 3515 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3516 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3517 3518 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3519 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3520 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3521 ParsedType ObjectType, 3522 bool EnteringContext); 3523 3524 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3525 3526 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3527 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3528 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3529 3530 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3531 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3532 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3533 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3534 Declarator &D, 3535 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3536 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3537 Expr *E, 3538 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3539 3540 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3541 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3542 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3543 Expr *E, 3544 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3545 SourceRange Parens); 3546 3547 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3548 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3549 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3550 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3551 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3552 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3553 Expr *Operand, 3554 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3555 3556 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3557 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3558 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3559 void *TyOrExpr, 3560 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3561 3562 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3563 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3564 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3565 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3566 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3567 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3568 Expr *Operand, 3569 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3570 3571 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3572 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3573 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3574 void *TyOrExpr, 3575 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3576 3577 3578 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3579 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3580 3581 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3582 /// 3583 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3584 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3585 3586 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3587 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3588 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3589 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3590 3591 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3592 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3593 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3594 Sema &S; 3595 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3596 bool Enabled; 3597 3598 public: 3599 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3600 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3601 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3602 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3603 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3604 bool Enabled = true); 3605 3606 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3607 }; 3608 3609 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3610 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3611 /// 3612 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3613 /// 3614 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3615 /// capture list. 3616 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3617 3618 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3619 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3620 /// being defined. 3621 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3622 3623 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3624 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3625 3626 3627 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3628 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3629 3630 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3631 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3632 3633 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3634 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3635 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3636 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3637 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3638 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3639 3640 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3641 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3642 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3643 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3644 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3645 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3646 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3647 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3648 3649 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3650 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3651 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3652 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3653 3654 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3655 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3656 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3657 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3658 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3659 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3660 Expr *Initializer); 3661 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3662 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3663 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3664 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3665 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3666 QualType AllocType, 3667 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3668 Expr *ArraySize, 3669 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3670 Expr *Initializer, 3671 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3672 3673 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3674 SourceRange R); 3675 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3676 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3677 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3678 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3679 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3680 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3681 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3682 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3683 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3684 bool Diagnose = true); 3685 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3686 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3687 QualType Argument, 3688 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3689 3690 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3691 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3692 bool Diagnose = true); 3693 3694 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3695 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3696 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3697 Expr *Operand); 3698 3699 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3700 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3701 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3702 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3703 3704 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3705 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3706 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3707 SourceLocation RParen); 3708 3709 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3710 /// pseudo-functions. 3711 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3712 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3713 ParsedType Ty, 3714 SourceLocation RParen); 3715 3716 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3717 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3718 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3719 SourceLocation RParen); 3720 3721 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3722 /// pseudo-functions. 3723 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3724 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3725 ParsedType LhsTy, 3726 ParsedType RhsTy, 3727 SourceLocation RParen); 3728 3729 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3730 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3731 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3732 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3733 SourceLocation RParen); 3734 3735 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3736 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3737 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3738 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3739 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3740 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3741 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3742 3743 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3744 /// pseudo-functions. 3745 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3746 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3747 ParsedType LhsTy, 3748 Expr *DimExpr, 3749 SourceLocation RParen); 3750 3751 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3752 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3753 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3754 Expr *DimExpr, 3755 SourceLocation RParen); 3756 3757 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3758 /// pseudo-functions. 3759 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3760 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3761 Expr *Queried, 3762 SourceLocation RParen); 3763 3764 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3765 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3766 Expr *Queried, 3767 SourceLocation RParen); 3768 3769 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3770 Expr *Base, 3771 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3772 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3773 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3774 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3775 3776 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3777 3778 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3779 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3780 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3781 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3782 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3783 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3784 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3785 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3786 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3787 3788 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3789 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3790 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3791 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3792 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3793 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3794 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3795 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3796 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3797 3798 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3799 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3800 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3801 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3802 const DeclSpec& DS, 3803 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3804 3805 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3806 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3807 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3808 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3809 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3810 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3811 3812 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3813 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3814 : SourceLocation()); 3815 } 3816 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3817 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3818 3819 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3820 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3821 3822 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3823 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3824 bool EnteringContext = false); 3825 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3826 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3827 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3828 3829 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3830 /// 3831 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3832 /// 3833 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3834 /// 3835 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3836 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3837 /// 3838 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3839 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3840 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3841 3842 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3843 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3844 3845 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3846 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3847 IdentifierInfo &II, 3848 ParsedType ObjectType); 3849 3850 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3851 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3852 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3853 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3854 QualType ObjectType, 3855 bool EnteringContext, 3856 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3857 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3858 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3859 3860 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3861 /// 3862 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3863 /// 3864 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3865 /// 3866 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3867 /// 3868 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3869 /// 3870 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3871 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3872 /// 3873 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3874 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3875 /// 3876 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3877 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3878 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3879 /// including this new type). 3880 /// 3881 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3882 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3883 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3884 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3885 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3886 ParsedType ObjectType, 3887 bool EnteringContext, 3888 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3889 3890 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3891 3892 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3893 const DeclSpec &DS, 3894 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3895 3896 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3897 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3898 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3899 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3900 ParsedType ObjectType, 3901 bool EnteringContext); 3902 3903 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3904 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3905 /// 3906 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3907 /// 3908 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3909 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3910 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3911 /// including this new type). 3912 /// 3913 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3914 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 3915 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3916 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3917 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3918 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3919 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3920 /// 3921 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3922 /// nested-name-specifier. 3923 /// 3924 /// 3925 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3926 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3927 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3928 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3929 TemplateTy TemplateName, 3930 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3931 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3932 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3933 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3934 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3935 bool EnteringContext); 3936 3937 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3938 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3939 /// nested-name-specifier. 3940 /// 3941 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3942 /// 3943 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3944 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3945 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3946 3947 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3948 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3949 /// 3950 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3951 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3952 /// 3953 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3954 /// 3955 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3956 /// of the annotation pointer. 3957 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3958 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3959 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3960 3961 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3962 3963 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3964 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3965 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3966 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3967 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3968 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3969 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3970 3971 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3972 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3973 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3974 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3975 /// defining scope. 3976 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3977 3978 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3979 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3980 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3981 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3982 /// class X. 3983 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3984 3985 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3986 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3987 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3988 3989 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3990 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3991 bool KnownDependent = false); 3992 3993 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 3994 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 3995 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3996 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 3997 SourceLocation EndLoc, 3998 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 3999 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 4000 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 4001 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 4002 4003 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4004 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4005 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4006 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4007 bool ExplicitParams, 4008 bool ExplicitResultType, 4009 bool Mutable); 4010 4011 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4012 /// given lambda. 4013 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4014 4015 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4016 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4017 4018 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4019 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4020 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4021 /// lambda. 4022 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4023 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4024 4025 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4026 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4027 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4028 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4029 4030 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4031 /// was successfully completed. 4032 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4033 Scope *CurScope, 4034 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4035 4036 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4037 /// function pointer. 4038 /// 4039 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4040 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4041 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4042 /// block pointer conversion. 4043 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4044 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4045 4046 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4047 /// block pointer. 4048 /// 4049 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4050 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4051 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4052 /// block pointer conversion. 4053 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4054 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4055 4056 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4057 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4058 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4059 Expr *Src); 4060 4061 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4062 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4063 Expr **Strings, 4064 unsigned NumStrings); 4065 4066 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4067 4068 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4069 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4070 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4071 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4072 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4073 bool Value); 4074 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4075 4076 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4077 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4078 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4079 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4080 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4081 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4082 4083 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4084 Expr *IndexExpr, 4085 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4086 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4087 4088 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4089 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4090 unsigned NumElements); 4091 4092 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4093 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4094 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4095 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4096 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4097 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4098 4099 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4100 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4101 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4102 ParsedType Ty, 4103 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4104 4105 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4106 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4107 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4108 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4109 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4110 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4111 4112 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4113 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4114 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4115 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4116 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4117 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4118 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4119 4120 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4121 // C++ Declarations 4122 // 4123 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4124 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4125 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4126 StringRef Lang, 4127 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4128 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4129 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4130 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4131 4132 4133 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4134 // C++ Classes 4135 // 4136 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4137 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4138 4139 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4140 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4141 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4142 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4143 4144 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4145 Declarator &D, 4146 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4147 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4148 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4149 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4150 Expr *Init); 4151 4152 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4153 Scope *S, 4154 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4155 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4156 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4157 const DeclSpec &DS, 4158 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4159 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4160 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4161 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4162 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4163 4164 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4165 Scope *S, 4166 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4167 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4168 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4169 const DeclSpec &DS, 4170 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4171 Expr *InitList, 4172 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4173 4174 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4175 Scope *S, 4176 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4177 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4178 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4179 const DeclSpec &DS, 4180 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4181 Expr *Init, 4182 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4183 4184 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4185 Expr *Init, 4186 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4187 4188 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4189 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4190 Expr *Init, 4191 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4192 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4193 4194 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4195 Expr *Init, 4196 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4197 4198 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4199 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4200 4201 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4202 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4203 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4204 4205 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4206 4207 4208 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4209 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4210 /// referenced. 4211 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4212 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4213 4214 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4215 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4216 /// first use occurred. 4217 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4218 4219 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4220 /// materialized. 4221 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4222 4223 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4224 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4225 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4226 /// by code generation). 4227 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4228 4229 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4230 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4231 4232 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4233 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4234 DynamicClassesType; 4235 4236 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4237 /// unit. 4238 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4239 4240 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4241 /// given location. 4242 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4243 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4244 4245 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4246 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4247 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4248 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4249 4250 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4251 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4252 /// vtables. 4253 /// 4254 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4255 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4256 4257 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4258 4259 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4260 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4261 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4262 unsigned NumMemInits, 4263 bool AnyErrors); 4264 4265 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4266 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4267 Decl *TagDecl, 4268 SourceLocation LBrac, 4269 SourceLocation RBrac, 4270 AttributeList *AttrList); 4271 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4272 4273 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4274 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4275 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4276 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4277 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4278 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4279 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4280 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4281 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4282 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4283 4284 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4285 Expr *AssertExpr, 4286 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4287 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4288 4289 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4290 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4291 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4292 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4293 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4294 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4295 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4296 4297 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4298 StorageClass& SC); 4299 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4300 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4301 StorageClass& SC); 4302 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4303 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4304 StorageClass& SC); 4305 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4306 4307 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4308 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4309 4310 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4311 // C++ Derived Classes 4312 // 4313 4314 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4315 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4316 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4317 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4318 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4319 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4320 4321 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4322 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4323 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4324 ParsedType basetype, 4325 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4326 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4327 4328 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4329 unsigned NumBases); 4330 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4331 unsigned NumBases); 4332 4333 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4334 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4335 4336 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4337 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4338 4339 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4340 4341 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4342 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4343 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4344 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4345 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4346 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4347 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4348 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4349 DeclarationName Name, 4350 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4351 4352 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4353 4354 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4355 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4356 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4357 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4358 4359 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4360 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4361 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4362 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4363 4364 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4365 4366 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4367 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4368 4369 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4370 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4371 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4372 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4373 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4374 4375 4376 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4377 // C++ Access Control 4378 // 4379 4380 enum AccessResult { 4381 AR_accessible, 4382 AR_inaccessible, 4383 AR_dependent, 4384 AR_delayed 4385 }; 4386 4387 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4388 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4389 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4390 4391 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4392 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4393 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4394 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4395 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4396 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4397 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4398 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4399 bool Diagnose = true); 4400 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4401 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4402 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4403 AccessSpecifier Access, 4404 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4405 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4406 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4407 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4408 AccessSpecifier Access, 4409 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4410 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4411 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4412 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4413 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4414 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4415 NamedDecl *D, 4416 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4417 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4418 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4419 Expr *ArgExpr, 4420 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4421 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4422 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4423 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4424 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4425 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4426 unsigned DiagID, 4427 bool ForceCheck = false, 4428 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4429 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4430 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4431 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4432 AccessSpecifier access, 4433 QualType objectType); 4434 4435 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4436 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4437 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4438 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4439 4440 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4441 4442 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4443 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4444 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4445 4446 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4447 AbstractNone = -1, 4448 AbstractReturnType, 4449 AbstractParamType, 4450 AbstractVariableType, 4451 AbstractFieldType, 4452 AbstractArrayType 4453 }; 4454 4455 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4456 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4457 template<typename T1> 4458 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4459 unsigned DiagID, 4460 const T1 &Arg1) { 4461 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4462 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4463 } 4464 4465 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4466 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4467 unsigned DiagID, 4468 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4469 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4470 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4471 } 4472 4473 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4474 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4475 unsigned DiagID, 4476 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4477 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4478 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4479 } 4480 4481 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4482 4483 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4484 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4485 4486 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4487 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4488 // 4489 4490 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4491 4492 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4493 4494 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4495 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4496 // 4497 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4498 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4499 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4500 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4501 4502 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4503 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4504 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4505 4506 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4507 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4508 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4509 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4510 ParsedType ObjectType, 4511 bool EnteringContext, 4512 TemplateTy &Template, 4513 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4514 4515 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4516 SourceLocation IILoc, 4517 Scope *S, 4518 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4519 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4520 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4521 4522 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4523 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4524 4525 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4526 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4527 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4528 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4529 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4530 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4531 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4532 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4533 4534 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4535 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4536 unsigned Depth, 4537 unsigned Position, 4538 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4539 Expr *DefaultArg); 4540 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4541 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4542 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4543 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4544 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4545 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4546 unsigned Depth, 4547 unsigned Position, 4548 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4549 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4550 4551 TemplateParameterList * 4552 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4553 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4554 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4555 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4556 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4557 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4558 4559 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4560 /// list. 4561 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4562 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4563 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4564 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4565 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4566 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4567 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4568 }; 4569 4570 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4571 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4572 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4573 TemplateParameterList * 4574 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4575 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4576 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4577 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4578 unsigned NumParamLists, 4579 bool IsFriend, 4580 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4581 bool &Invalid); 4582 4583 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4584 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4585 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4586 AttributeList *Attr, 4587 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4588 AccessSpecifier AS, 4589 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4590 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4591 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4592 4593 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4594 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4595 4596 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4597 4598 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4599 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4600 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4601 4602 TypeResult 4603 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4604 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4605 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4606 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4607 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4608 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4609 4610 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4611 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4612 /// 4613 /// \param TUK 4614 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4615 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4616 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4617 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4618 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4619 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4620 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4621 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4622 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4623 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4624 4625 4626 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4627 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4628 LookupResult &R, 4629 bool RequiresADL, 4630 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4631 4632 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4633 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4634 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4635 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4636 4637 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4638 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4639 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4640 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4641 ParsedType ObjectType, 4642 bool EnteringContext, 4643 TemplateTy &Template); 4644 4645 DeclResult 4646 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4647 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4648 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4649 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4650 TemplateTy Template, 4651 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4652 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4653 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4654 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4655 AttributeList *Attr, 4656 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4657 4658 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4659 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4660 Declarator &D); 4661 4662 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4664 Declarator &D); 4665 4666 bool 4667 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4668 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4669 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4670 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4671 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4672 bool &SuppressNew); 4673 4674 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4675 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4676 LookupResult &Previous); 4677 4678 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4679 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4680 LookupResult &Previous); 4681 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4682 4683 DeclResult 4684 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4685 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4686 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4687 unsigned TagSpec, 4688 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4689 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4690 TemplateTy Template, 4691 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4692 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4693 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4694 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4695 AttributeList *Attr); 4696 4697 DeclResult 4698 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4699 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4700 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4701 unsigned TagSpec, 4702 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4703 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4704 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4705 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4706 AttributeList *Attr); 4707 4708 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4709 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4710 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4711 Declarator &D); 4712 4713 TemplateArgumentLoc 4714 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4715 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4716 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4717 Decl *Param, 4718 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4719 4720 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4721 /// argument is being checked. 4722 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4723 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4724 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4725 CTAK_Specified, 4726 4727 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4728 /// deduction. 4729 CTAK_Deduced, 4730 4731 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4732 /// via template argument deduction. 4733 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4734 }; 4735 4736 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4737 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4738 NamedDecl *Template, 4739 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4740 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4741 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4742 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4743 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4744 4745 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4746 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4747 /// 4748 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4749 /// provided. 4750 /// 4751 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4752 /// 4753 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4754 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4755 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4756 /// arguments. 4757 /// 4758 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4759 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4760 /// set of template arguments. 4761 /// 4762 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4763 /// arguments. 4764 /// 4765 /// 4766 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4767 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4768 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4769 /// 4770 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4771 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4772 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4773 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4774 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4775 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4776 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4777 4778 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4779 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4780 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4781 4782 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4783 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4784 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4785 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4786 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4787 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4788 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4789 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4790 4791 ExprResult 4792 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4793 QualType ParamType, 4794 SourceLocation Loc); 4795 ExprResult 4796 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4797 SourceLocation Loc); 4798 4799 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4800 /// for equality. 4801 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4802 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4803 /// that might be redeclarations. 4804 /// 4805 /// \code 4806 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4807 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4808 /// \endcode 4809 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4810 4811 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4812 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4813 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4814 /// 4815 /// \code 4816 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4817 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4818 /// \endcode 4819 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4820 4821 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4822 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4823 /// template parameter. 4824 /// 4825 /// \code 4826 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4827 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4828 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4829 /// \endcode 4830 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4831 }; 4832 4833 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4834 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4835 bool Complain, 4836 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4837 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4838 = SourceLocation()); 4839 4840 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4841 4842 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4843 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4844 /// 4845 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4846 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4847 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4848 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4849 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4850 TypeResult 4851 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4852 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4853 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4854 4855 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4856 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4857 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4858 /// 4859 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4860 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4861 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4862 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4863 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4864 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4865 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4866 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4867 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4868 TypeResult 4869 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4870 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4871 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4872 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4873 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4874 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4875 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4876 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4877 4878 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4879 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4880 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4881 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4882 SourceLocation IILoc); 4883 4884 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4885 SourceLocation Loc, 4886 DeclarationName Name); 4887 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4888 4889 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4890 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4891 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4892 4893 std::string 4894 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4895 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4896 4897 std::string 4898 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4899 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4900 unsigned NumArgs); 4901 4902 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4903 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4904 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4905 4906 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4907 /// being diagnosed. 4908 /// 4909 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4910 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4911 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4912 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4913 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4914 4915 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4916 UPPC_BaseType, 4917 4918 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4919 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4920 4921 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4922 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4923 4924 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4925 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4926 4927 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4928 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4929 4930 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4931 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4932 4933 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4934 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4935 4936 /// \brief A using declaration. 4937 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4938 4939 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4940 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4941 4942 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4943 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4944 4945 /// \brief An initializer. 4946 UPPC_Initializer, 4947 4948 /// \brief A default argument. 4949 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4950 4951 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4952 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4953 4954 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4955 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4956 4957 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4958 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4959 4960 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4961 UPPC_IfExists, 4962 4963 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4964 UPPC_IfNotExists, 4965 4966 /// \brief Lambda expression. 4967 UPPC_Lambda, 4968 4969 /// \brief Block expression, 4970 UPPC_Block 4971}; 4972 4973 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4974 /// 4975 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4976 /// 4977 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4978 /// parameter packs. 4979 /// 4980 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4981 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4982 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4983 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 4984 4985 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4986 /// diagnose the error. 4987 /// 4988 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 4989 /// 4990 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 4991 /// packs. 4992 /// 4993 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4994 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 4995 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4996 4997 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 4998 /// pack, diagnose the error. 4999 /// 5000 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5001 /// parameter packs. 5002 /// 5003 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5004 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5005 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5006 5007 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5008 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5009 /// 5010 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5011 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5012 /// 5013 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5014 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5015 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5016 5017 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5018 /// diagnose the error. 5019 /// 5020 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5021 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5022 /// 5023 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5024 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5025 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5026 5027 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5028 /// diagnose the error. 5029 /// 5030 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5031 /// 5032 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5033 /// parameter packs. 5034 /// 5035 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5036 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5037 TemplateName Template, 5038 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5039 5040 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5041 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5042 /// 5043 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5044 /// parameter packs. 5045 /// 5046 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5047 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5048 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5049 5050 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5051 /// template argument. 5052 /// 5053 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5054 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5055 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5056 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5057 5058 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5059 /// template argument. 5060 /// 5061 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5062 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5063 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5064 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5065 5066 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5067 /// type. 5068 /// 5069 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5070 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5071 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5072 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5073 5074 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5075 /// type. 5076 /// 5077 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5078 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5079 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5080 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5081 5082 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5083 /// nested-name-specifier. 5084 /// 5085 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5086 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5087 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5088 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5089 5090 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5091 /// name. 5092 /// 5093 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5094 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5095 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5096 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5097 5098 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5099 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5100 /// 5101 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5102 /// may already be invalid. 5103 /// 5104 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5105 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5106 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5107 5108 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5109 /// creates a pack expansion. 5110 /// 5111 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5112 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5113 /// 5114 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5115 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5116 5117 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5118 /// expansion. 5119 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5120 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5121 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5122 5123 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5124 /// expansion. 5125 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5126 SourceRange PatternRange, 5127 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5128 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5129 5130 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5131 /// creates a pack expansion. 5132 /// 5133 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5134 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5135 /// 5136 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5137 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5138 5139 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5140 /// creates a pack expansion. 5141 /// 5142 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5143 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5144 /// 5145 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5146 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5147 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5148 5149 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5150 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5151 /// transforming the pattern. 5152 /// 5153 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5154 /// pack expansion. 5155 /// 5156 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5157 /// the pack expansion. 5158 /// 5159 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5160 /// pattern. 5161 /// 5162 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5163 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5164 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5165 /// 5166 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5167 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5168 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5169 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5170 /// 5171 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5172 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5173 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5174 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5175 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5176 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5177 /// set this value in other cases. 5178 /// 5179 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5180 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5181 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5182 /// must be set. 5183 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5184 SourceRange PatternRange, 5185 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5186 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5187 bool &ShouldExpand, 5188 bool &RetainExpansion, 5189 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5190 5191 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5192 /// type. 5193 /// 5194 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5195 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5196 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5197 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5198 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5199 5200 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5201 /// parameter packs. 5202 /// 5203 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5204 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5205 /// 5206 /// \code 5207 /// void f(T...); 5208 /// \endcode 5209 /// 5210 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5211 /// a variadic function. 5212 /// 5213 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5214 /// false otherwise. 5215 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5216 5217 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5218 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5219 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5220 5221 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5222 /// 5223 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5224 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5225 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5226 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5227 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5228 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5229 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5230 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5231 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5232 TDK_Success = 0, 5233 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5234 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5235 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5236 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5237 /// for every template parameter. 5238 TDK_Incomplete, 5239 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5240 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5241 TDK_Inconsistent, 5242 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5243 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5244 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5245 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5246 TDK_Underqualified, 5247 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5248 /// resulted in an error. 5249 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5250 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5251 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5252 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5253 /// arguments provided. 5254 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5255 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5256 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5257 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5258 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5259 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5260 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5261 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5262 /// template arguments for the given template. 5263 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5264 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5265 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5266 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5267 }; 5268 5269 TemplateDeductionResult 5270 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5271 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5272 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5273 5274 TemplateDeductionResult 5275 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5276 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5277 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5278 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5279 QualType *FunctionType, 5280 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5281 5282 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5283 // deduction for a call. 5284 struct OriginalCallArg { 5285 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5286 unsigned ArgIdx, 5287 QualType OriginalArgType) 5288 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5289 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5290 5291 QualType OriginalParamType; 5292 unsigned ArgIdx; 5293 QualType OriginalArgType; 5294 }; 5295 5296 TemplateDeductionResult 5297 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5298 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5299 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5300 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5301 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5302 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5303 5304 TemplateDeductionResult 5305 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5306 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5307 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5308 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5309 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5310 5311 TemplateDeductionResult 5312 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5313 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5314 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5315 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5316 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5317 5318 TemplateDeductionResult 5319 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5320 QualType ToType, 5321 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5322 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5323 5324 TemplateDeductionResult 5325 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5326 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5327 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5328 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5329 5330 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5331 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5332 DAR_Succeeded, 5333 DAR_Failed, 5334 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5335 }; 5336 5337 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5338 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5339 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5340 5341 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5342 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5343 SourceLocation Loc, 5344 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5345 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5346 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5347 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5348 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5349 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5350 SourceLocation Loc, 5351 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5352 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5353 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5354 bool Complain = true, 5355 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5356 5357 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5358 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5359 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5360 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5361 SourceLocation Loc); 5362 5363 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5364 bool OnlyDeduced, 5365 unsigned Depth, 5366 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5367 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5368 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5369 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5370 } 5371 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5372 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5373 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5374 5375 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5376 // C++ Template Instantiation 5377 // 5378 5379 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5380 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5381 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5382 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5383 5384 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5385 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5386 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5387 enum InstantiationKind { 5388 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5389 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5390 TemplateInstantiation, 5391 5392 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5393 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5394 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5395 /// arguments as specified. 5396 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5397 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5398 5399 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5400 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5401 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5402 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5403 5404 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5405 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5406 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5407 5408 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5409 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5410 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5411 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5412 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5413 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5414 5415 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5416 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5417 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5418 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5419 5420 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5421 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5422 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5423 5424 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5425 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5426 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5427 } Kind; 5428 5429 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5430 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5431 5432 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5433 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5434 /// arguments. 5435 NamedDecl *Template; 5436 5437 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5438 uintptr_t Entity; 5439 5440 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5441 /// are not part of the entity. 5442 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5443 5444 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5445 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5446 5447 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5448 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5449 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5450 5451 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5452 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5453 /// template instantiation. 5454 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5455 5456 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5457 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5458 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5459 5460 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5461 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5462 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5463 5464 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5465 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5466 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5467 return false; 5468 5469 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5470 return false; 5471 5472 switch (X.Kind) { 5473 case TemplateInstantiation: 5474 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5475 return true; 5476 5477 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5478 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5479 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5480 return false; 5481 5482 // Fall through 5483 5484 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5485 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5486 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5487 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5488 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5489 5490 } 5491 5492 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5493 } 5494 5495 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5496 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5497 return !(X == Y); 5498 } 5499 }; 5500 5501 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5502 /// 5503 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5504 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5505 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5506 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5507 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5508 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5509 5510 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5511 /// template instantiation. 5512 /// 5513 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5514 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5515 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5516 5517 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5518 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5519 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5520 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5521 5522 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5523 /// error or warning was produced. 5524 /// 5525 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5526 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5527 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5528 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5529 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5530 5531 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5532 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5533 /// 5534 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5535 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5536 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5537 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5538 5539 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5540 /// within a \c Sema object. 5541 /// 5542 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5543 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5544 Sema &Self; 5545 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5546 5547 public: 5548 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5549 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5550 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5551 } 5552 5553 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5554 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5555 } 5556 }; 5557 5558 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5559 5560 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5561 /// 5562 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5563 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5564 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5565 5566 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5567 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5568 /// deduction. 5569 /// 5570 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5571 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5572 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5573 5574 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5575 /// instantiation. 5576 /// 5577 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5578 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5579 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5580 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5581 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5582 /// 5583 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5584 /// the stack. 5585 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5586 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5587 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5588 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5589 Decl *Entity, 5590 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5591 5592 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5593 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5594 /// of a function template. 5595 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5596 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5597 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5598 5599 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5600 /// template-id. 5601 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5602 TemplateDecl *Template, 5603 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5604 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5605 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5606 5607 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5608 /// template-id. 5609 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5610 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5611 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5612 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5613 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5614 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5615 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5616 5617 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5618 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5619 /// specialization. 5620 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5621 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5622 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5623 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5624 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5625 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5626 5627 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5628 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5629 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5630 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5631 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5632 5633 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5634 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5635 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5636 NamedDecl *Template, 5637 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5638 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5639 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5640 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5641 5642 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5643 NamedDecl *Template, 5644 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5645 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5646 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5647 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5648 5649 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5650 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5651 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5652 TemplateDecl *Template, 5653 NamedDecl *Param, 5654 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5655 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5656 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5657 5658 5659 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5660 void Clear(); 5661 5662 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5663 5664 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5665 /// recursive template instantiations. 5666 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5667 5668 private: 5669 Sema &SemaRef; 5670 bool Invalid; 5671 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5672 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5673 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5674 5675 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5676 5677 InstantiatingTemplate& 5678 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5679 }; 5680 5681 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5682 5683 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5684 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5685 /// errors. 5686 /// 5687 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5688 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5689 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5690 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5691 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5692 5693 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5694 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5695 /// deduction.` 5696 class SFINAETrap { 5697 Sema &SemaRef; 5698 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5699 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5700 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5701 5702 public: 5703 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5704 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5705 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5706 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5707 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5708 { 5709 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5710 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5711 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5712 } 5713 5714 ~SFINAETrap() { 5715 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5716 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5717 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5718 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5719 } 5720 5721 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5722 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5723 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5724 } 5725 }; 5726 5727 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5728 /// variables. 5729 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5730 5731 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5732 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5733 5734 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5735 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5736 5737 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5738 /// name lookup. 5739 /// 5740 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5741 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5742 /// string represents a keyword. 5743 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5744 5745 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5746 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5747 5748 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5749 /// 5750 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5751 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5752 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5753 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5754 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5755 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5756 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5757 5758 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5759 /// but have not yet been performed. 5760 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5761 5762 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5763 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5764 /// 5765 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5766 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5767 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5768 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5769 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5770 5771 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5772 5773 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5774 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5775 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5776 5777 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5778 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5779 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5780 5781 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5782 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5783 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5784 5785 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5786 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5787 SourceLocation Loc, 5788 DeclarationName Entity, 5789 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5790 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5791 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5792 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5793 int indexAdjustment, 5794 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5795 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5796 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5797 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5798 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5799 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5800 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5801 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5802 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5803 5804 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5805 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5806 /// 5807 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5808 /// 5809 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5810 /// 5811 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5812 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5813 /// 5814 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5815 /// 5816 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5817 /// 5818 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5819 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5820 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5821 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5822 5823 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5824 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5825 5826 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5827 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5828 5829 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5830 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5831 bool CXXDirectInit); 5832 5833 bool 5834 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5835 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5836 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5837 5838 bool 5839 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5840 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5841 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5842 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5843 bool Complain = true); 5844 5845 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5846 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5847 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5848 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5849 5850 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5851 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5852 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5853 Decl *NewDecl; 5854 5855 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5856 Decl *D) 5857 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5858 { } 5859 }; 5860 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5861 5862 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5863 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5864 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5865 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5866 5867 bool 5868 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5869 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5870 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5871 bool Complain = true); 5872 5873 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5874 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5875 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5876 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5877 5878 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5879 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5880 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5881 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5882 5883 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5884 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5885 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5886 5887 DeclarationNameInfo 5888 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5889 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5890 TemplateName 5891 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5892 SourceLocation Loc, 5893 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5894 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5895 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5896 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5897 5898 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5899 FunctionDecl *Function); 5900 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5901 FunctionDecl *Function, 5902 bool Recursive = false, 5903 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5904 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5905 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5906 VarDecl *Var, 5907 bool Recursive = false, 5908 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5909 5910 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5911 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5912 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5913 5914 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5915 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5916 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5917 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5918 5919 // Objective-C declarations. 5920 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5921 OCK_None = -1, 5922 OCK_Interface = 0, 5923 OCK_Protocol, 5924 OCK_Category, 5925 OCK_ClassExtension, 5926 OCK_Implementation, 5927 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5928 }; 5929 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5930 5931 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5932 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5933 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5934 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5935 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5936 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5937 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5938 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5939 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5940 AttributeList *AttrList); 5941 5942 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5943 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5944 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5945 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5946 5947 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5948 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5949 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5950 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5951 5952 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5953 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5954 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5955 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5956 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5957 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5958 AttributeList *AttrList); 5959 5960 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5961 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5962 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5963 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5964 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5965 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5966 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5967 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5968 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5969 5970 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5971 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5972 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5973 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5974 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5975 5976 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5977 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5978 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5979 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5980 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5981 5982 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 5983 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 5984 5985 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 5986 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 5987 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 5988 unsigned NumElts); 5989 5990 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 5991 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 5992 unsigned NumElts, 5993 AttributeList *attrList); 5994 5995 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 5996 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 5997 unsigned NumProtocols, 5998 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 5999 6000 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6001 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6002 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 6003 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6004 SourceLocation Loc, 6005 unsigned &Attributes); 6006 6007 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6008 /// setters and getters as needed. 6009 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6010 /// \param DC The semantic container for the property 6011 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6012 /// in class extension. 6013 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6014 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6015 ObjCContainerDecl *DC, 6016 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6017 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6018 6019 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6020 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6021 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6022 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6023 6024 6025 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6026 6027 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6028 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6029 6030 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6031 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6032 6033 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6034 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6035 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6036 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6037 6038 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6039 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6040 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6041 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6042 bool *OverridingProperty, 6043 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6044 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6045 6046 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6047 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6048 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6049 bool ImplKind, 6050 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6051 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6052 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6053 6054 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6055 OSMK_None, 6056 OSMK_Alloc, 6057 OSMK_New, 6058 OSMK_Copy, 6059 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6060 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6061 }; 6062 6063 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6064 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6065 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6066 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6067 // in this case. 6068 ParsedType Type; 6069 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6070 6071 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6072 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6073 }; 6074 6075 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6076 Scope *S, 6077 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6078 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6079 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6080 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6081 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6082 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6083 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6084 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6085 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6086 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6087 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6088 6089 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6090 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6091 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6092 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6093 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6094 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6095 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6096 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6097 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6098 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6099 bool IsInstance); 6100 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6101 bool IsInstance); 6102 6103 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6104 6105 ExprResult 6106 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6107 Expr *BaseExpr, 6108 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6109 DeclarationName MemberName, 6110 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6111 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6112 bool Super); 6113 6114 ExprResult 6115 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6116 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6117 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6118 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6119 6120 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6121 6122 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6123 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6124 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6125 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6126 ObjCSuperMessage, 6127 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6128 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6129 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6130 /// name. 6131 ObjCClassMessage 6132 }; 6133 6134 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6135 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6136 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6137 bool IsSuper, 6138 bool HasTrailingDot, 6139 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6140 6141 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6142 Selector Sel, 6143 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6144 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6145 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6146 MultiExprArg Args); 6147 6148 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6149 QualType ReceiverType, 6150 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6151 Selector Sel, 6152 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6153 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6154 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6155 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6156 MultiExprArg Args, 6157 bool isImplicit = false); 6158 6159 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6160 bool isSuperReceiver, 6161 SourceLocation Loc, 6162 Selector Sel, 6163 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6164 MultiExprArg Args); 6165 6166 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6167 ParsedType Receiver, 6168 Selector Sel, 6169 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6170 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6171 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6172 MultiExprArg Args); 6173 6174 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6175 QualType ReceiverType, 6176 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6177 Selector Sel, 6178 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6179 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6180 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6181 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6182 MultiExprArg Args, 6183 bool isImplicit = false); 6184 6185 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6186 QualType ReceiverType, 6187 SourceLocation Loc, 6188 Selector Sel, 6189 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6190 MultiExprArg Args); 6191 6192 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6193 Expr *Receiver, 6194 Selector Sel, 6195 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6196 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6197 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6198 MultiExprArg Args); 6199 6200 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6201 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6202 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6203 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6204 Expr *SubExpr); 6205 6206 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6207 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6208 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6209 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6210 ParsedType Type, 6211 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6212 Expr *SubExpr); 6213 6214 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6215 6216 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6217 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6218 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6219 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6220 bool IsImplementation); 6221 6222 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6223 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6224 RTC_Compatible, 6225 RTC_Incompatible, 6226 RTC_Unknown 6227 }; 6228 6229 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6230 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6231 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6232 6233 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6234 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6235 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6236 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6237 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6238 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6239 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6240 }; 6241 6242 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6243 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6244 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6245 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6246 6247 enum PragmaPackKind { 6248 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6249 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6250 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6251 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6252 }; 6253 6254 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6255 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6256 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6257 }; 6258 6259 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6260 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6261 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6262 Expr *Alignment, 6263 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6264 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6265 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6266 6267 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6268 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6269 6270 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6271 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6272 Scope *curScope, 6273 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6274 6275 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6276 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6277 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6278 6279 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6280 SourceLocation Loc); 6281 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6282 6283 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6284 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6285 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6286 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6287 6288 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6289 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6290 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6291 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6292 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6293 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6294 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6295 6296 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6297 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6298 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6299 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6300 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6301 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6302 6303 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6304 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6305 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6306 6307 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6308 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6309 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6310 6311 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6312 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6313 6314 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6315 void FreePackedContext(); 6316 6317 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6318 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6319 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6320 SourceLocation Loc); 6321 6322 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6323 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6324 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6325 6326 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6327 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6328 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6329 6330 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6331 void FreeVisContext(); 6332 6333 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6334 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6335 /// the appropriate attribute. 6336 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6337 6338 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6339 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E); 6340 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T); 6341 6342 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6343 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6344 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6345 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6346 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6347 CCK_CStyleCast, 6348 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6349 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6350 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6351 CCK_OtherCast 6352 }; 6353 6354 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6355 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6356 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6357 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6358 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6359 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6360 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6361 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6362 6363 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6364 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6365 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6366 6367 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6368 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6369 /// required. 6370 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6371 6372 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6373 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6374 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6375 6376 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6377 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6378 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6379 6380 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6381 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6382 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6383 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6384 6385 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6386 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6387 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6388 // type. 6389 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6390 6391 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6392 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6393 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6394 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6395 6396 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6397 enum VariadicCallType { 6398 VariadicFunction, 6399 VariadicBlock, 6400 VariadicMethod, 6401 VariadicConstructor, 6402 VariadicDoesNotApply 6403 }; 6404 6405 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6406 /// form of call prototypes. 6407 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6408 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6409 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6410 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6411 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6412 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6413 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6414 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6415 6416 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6417 // will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6418 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6419 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6420 6421 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6422 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6423 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6424 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6425 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6426 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6427 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6428 6429 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6430 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6431 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6432 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6433 /// source and destination type. 6434 enum AssignConvertType { 6435 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6436 Compatible, 6437 6438 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6439 /// accept as an extension. 6440 PointerToInt, 6441 6442 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6443 /// accept as an extension. 6444 IntToPointer, 6445 6446 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6447 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6448 FunctionVoidPointer, 6449 6450 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6451 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6452 IncompatiblePointer, 6453 6454 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6455 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6456 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6457 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6458 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6459 6460 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6461 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6462 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6463 6464 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6465 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6466 /// like address spaces. 6467 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6468 6469 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6470 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6471 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6472 /// extension. 6473 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6474 6475 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6476 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6477 IncompatibleVectors, 6478 6479 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6480 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6481 IntToBlockPointer, 6482 6483 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6484 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6485 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6486 6487 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6488 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6489 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6490 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6491 6492 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6493 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6494 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6495 6496 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6497 /// represent it in the AST. 6498 Incompatible 6499 }; 6500 6501 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6502 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6503 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6504 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6505 SourceLocation Loc, 6506 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6507 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6508 bool *Complained = 0); 6509 6510 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6511 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6512 /// C99 6.5.16. 6513 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6514 QualType LHSType, 6515 QualType RHSType); 6516 6517 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6518 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6519 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6520 ExprResult &RHS, 6521 CastKind &Kind); 6522 6523 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6524 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6525 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6526 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6527 ExprResult &RHS, 6528 bool Diagnose = true); 6529 6530 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6531 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6532 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6533 ExprResult &RHS); 6534 6535 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6536 6537 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6538 6539 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6540 AssignmentAction Action, 6541 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6542 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6543 AssignmentAction Action, 6544 bool AllowExplicit, 6545 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6546 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6547 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6548 AssignmentAction Action, 6549 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6550 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6551 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6552 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6553 AssignmentAction Action, 6554 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6555 6556 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6557 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6558 6559 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6560 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6561 ExprResult &RHS); 6562 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6563 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6564 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6565 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6566 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6567 bool IsDivide); 6568 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6569 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6570 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6571 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6572 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6573 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6574 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6575 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6576 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6577 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6578 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6579 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6580 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6581 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6582 bool isRelational); 6583 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6584 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6585 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6586 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6587 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6588 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6589 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6590 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6591 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6592 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6593 6594 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6595 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6596 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6597 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6598 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6599 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6600 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6601 6602 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6603 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6604 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6605 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6606 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6607 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6608 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6609 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6610 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6611 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6612 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6613 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6614 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6615 NonStandardCompositeType); 6616 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6617 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6618 return Composite; 6619 } 6620 6621 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6622 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6623 6624 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6625 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6626 6627 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6628 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6629 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6630 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6631 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6632 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6633 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6634 SourceLocation Loc); 6635 6636 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6637 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6638 6639 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6640 6641 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6642 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6643 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6644 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6645 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6646 /// reference binding is not possible. 6647 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6648 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6649 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6650 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6651 Ref_Related, 6652 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6653 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6654 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6655 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6656 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6657 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6658 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6659 Ref_Compatible 6660 }; 6661 6662 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6663 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6664 bool &DerivedToBase, 6665 bool &ObjCConversion, 6666 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6667 6668 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6669 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6670 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6671 6672 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6673 /// given type. 6674 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6675 6676 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6677 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6678 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6679 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6680 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6681 CastKind &Kind); 6682 6683 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6684 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6685 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6686 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6687 // returns the cast expr 6688 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6689 CastKind &Kind); 6690 6691 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6692 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6693 Expr *CastExpr, 6694 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6695 6696 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6697 6698 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6699 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6700 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6701 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6702 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6703 6704 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6705 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6706 6707 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6708 QualType ExprType); 6709 6710 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6711 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6712 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6713 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6714 6715 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6716 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6717 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6718 6719 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6720 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6721 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6722 6723 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6724 /// \param Method - May be null. 6725 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6726 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6727 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6728 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6729 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6730 bool isSuperMessage, 6731 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6732 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6733 6734 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6735 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6736 /// and the form of the message send. 6737 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6738 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6739 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6740 6741 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6742 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6743 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6744 6745 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6746 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6747 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6748 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6749 /// 6750 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6751 /// 'if' keyword. 6752 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6753 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6754 6755 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6756 Expr *SubExpr); 6757 6758 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6759 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6760 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6761 6762 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6763 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6764 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6765 6766 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6767 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6768 6769 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6770 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6771 /// the specified diagnostic. 6772 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6773 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6774 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6775 6776 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6777 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6778 /// in the global scope. 6779 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6780 6781 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6782 /// expression violations. 6783 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6784 public: 6785 bool Suppress; 6786 6787 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6788 6789 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6790 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6791 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6792 }; 6793 6794 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6795 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6796 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6797 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6798 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6799 bool AllowFold = true); 6800 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6801 unsigned DiagID, 6802 bool AllowFold = true); 6803 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6804 6805 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6806 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6807 /// Returns false on success. 6808 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6809 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6810 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6811 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6812 6813 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6814 CFT_Device, 6815 CFT_Global, 6816 CFT_Host, 6817 CFT_HostDevice 6818 }; 6819 6820 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6821 6822 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6823 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6824 6825 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6826 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6827 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6828 } 6829 6830 /// \name Code completion 6831 //@{ 6832 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6833 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6834 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6835 PCC_Namespace, 6836 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6837 PCC_Class, 6838 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6839 /// or category. 6840 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6841 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6842 /// category implementation 6843 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6844 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6845 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6846 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6847 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6848 /// headers. 6849 PCC_Template, 6850 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6851 /// headers within a class. 6852 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6853 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6854 PCC_Expression, 6855 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6856 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6857 PCC_Statement, 6858 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6859 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6860 PCC_ForInit, 6861 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6862 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6863 PCC_Condition, 6864 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6865 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6866 /// in the grammar. 6867 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6868 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6869 PCC_Type, 6870 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6871 /// might also be a type cast. 6872 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6873 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6874 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6875 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6876 }; 6877 6878 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6879 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6880 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6881 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6882 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6883 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6884 6885 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6886 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6887 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6888 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6889 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6890 bool IsArrow); 6891 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6892 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6893 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6894 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6895 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6896 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6897 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6898 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6899 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6900 6901 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6902 bool EnteringContext); 6903 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6904 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6905 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6906 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6907 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6908 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6909 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6910 unsigned NumInitializers); 6911 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6912 bool AfterAmpersand); 6913 6914 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6915 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6916 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6917 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6918 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6919 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6920 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6921 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6922 bool IsParameter); 6923 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6924 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6925 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6926 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6927 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6928 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6929 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6930 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6931 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6932 bool IsSuper = false); 6933 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6934 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6935 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6936 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6937 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6938 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6939 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6940 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6941 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6942 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6943 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6944 unsigned NumProtocols); 6945 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6946 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6947 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6948 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6949 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6950 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6951 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6952 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6953 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6954 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6955 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6956 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6957 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6958 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6959 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6960 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6961 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6962 ParsedType ReturnType); 6963 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 6964 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6965 bool AtParameterName, 6966 ParsedType ReturnType, 6967 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6968 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6969 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 6970 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 6971 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 6972 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 6973 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 6974 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 6975 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 6976 unsigned Argument); 6977 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 6978 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 6979 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 6980 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 6981 //@} 6982 6983 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6984 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 6985 6986public: 6987 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 6988 unsigned ByteNo) const; 6989 6990private: 6991 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6992 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 6993 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 6994 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 6995 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6996 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 6997 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 6998 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6999 7000 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7001 7002 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7003 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7004 7005 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7006 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7007 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7008 7009public: 7010 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7011 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7012 7013private: 7014 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7015 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7016 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7017 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7018 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7019 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7020 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7021 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7022 7023 enum FormatStringType { 7024 FST_Scanf, 7025 FST_Printf, 7026 FST_NSString, 7027 FST_Strftime, 7028 FST_Strfmon, 7029 FST_Kprintf, 7030 FST_Unknown 7031 }; 7032 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7033 bool SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7034 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7035 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7036 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7037 7038 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7039 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7040 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7041 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 7042 7043 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 7044 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7045 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7046 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7047 void CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7048 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7049 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7050 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7051 7052 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7053 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7054 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7055 7056 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7057 unsigned BId, 7058 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7059 7060 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7061 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7062 7063 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7064 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7065 7066 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7067 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7068 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7069 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7070 7071 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7072 Expr *Init); 7073 7074 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7075 /// 7076 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7077 Scope *CurScope; 7078 7079protected: 7080 friend class Parser; 7081 friend class InitializationSequence; 7082 friend class ASTReader; 7083 friend class ASTWriter; 7084 7085public: 7086 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7087 /// 7088 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7089 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7090 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7091 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7092 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7093 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7094 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7095 7096 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7097 7098 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7099 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7100 } 7101 7102 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7103}; 7104 7105/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7106class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7107 Sema &Actions; 7108 7109public: 7110 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7111 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7112 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7113 bool IsDecltype = false) 7114 : Actions(Actions) { 7115 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7116 IsDecltype); 7117 } 7118 7119 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7120 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7121 } 7122}; 7123 7124} // end namespace clang 7125 7126#endif 7127